macosx/Controller.mm

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  25
  26
  27 /*******************************
  28  * HBController implementation *
  29  *******************************/
  30 @implementation HBController
  31
  32 - (id)init
  33 {
  34     self = [super init];
  35     if( !self )
  36     {
  37         return nil;
  38     }
  39
  40     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  41     fHandle = NULL;
  42     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  43     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  44      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  45      */
  46     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  47                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  48                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  49     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  50                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  51     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  52     {
  53         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  54                                                    attributes:nil];
  55     }
  56     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  57     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  58     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  59     {
  60         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  61                                                    attributes:nil];
  62     }
  63     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  64     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  65     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  66     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  67     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  68      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  69      * there in the future
  70      */
  71     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  72     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  73     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  74     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  75     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  76
  77     return self;
  78 }
  79
  80
  81 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  82 {
  83     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  84     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  85     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  86     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  87     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  88     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  89     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  90
  91         // Set the Growl Delegate
  92     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
  93     /* Init others controllers */
  94     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
  95     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
  96
  97     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
  98     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
  99
 100     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 101     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 102     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 103
 104     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 105     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 106
 107     dockIconProgress = 0;
 108
 109     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 110     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 111                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 112                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 113                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 114
 115     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 116     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 117         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 118
 119     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 120     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 121         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 122
 123         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 124
 125     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 126      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 127      */
 128      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 129
 130     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 131      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 132      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 133     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 134         {
 135         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 136         [self getQueueStats];
 137         /* this results in these values
 138          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 139          * fPendingCount = 0;
 140          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 141          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 142          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 143          */
 144
 145         /*On Screen Notification*/
 146         NSString * alertTitle;
 147
 148         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 149          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 150          */
 151         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 152         {
 153         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 154                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 155         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 156                                       alertTitle,
 157                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 158                                       nil,
 159                                       nil,
 160                                       fWindow, self,
 161                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 162                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 163         }
 164         else
 165         {
 166             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 167             {
 168                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 169                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 170                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 171             }
 172             else
 173             {
 174                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 175                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 176                               fPendingCount];
 177             }
 178
 179             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 180                                       alertTitle,
 181                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 182                                       nil,
 183                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 184                                       fWindow, self,
 185                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 186                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 187         }
 188
 189         // call didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 190         // right below to either clear the old queue or keep it loaded up.
 191     }
 192     else
 193     {
 194         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 195         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 196         {
 197             [self browseSources:nil];
 198         }
 199
 200         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 201         {
 202             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 203         }
 204     }
 205 }
 206
 207 - (int) hbInstances
 208 {
 209     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 210     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 211     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 212     int hbInstances = 0;
 213     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 214         {
 215         //      NSLog(@"Open App: %@", [aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"]);
 216
 217         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 218                 {
 219             hbInstances++;
 220                 }
 221         }
 222     return hbInstances;
 223 }
 224
 225 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 226 {
 227     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 228     {
 229         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 230         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 231         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 232         {
 233             [self browseSources:nil];
 234         }
 235
 236         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 237         {
 238             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 239         }
 240     }
 241     else
 242     {
 243         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 244         {
 245             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 246         }
 247         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 248     }
 249 }
 250
 251 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 252 {
 253     /* if we are in preview full screen mode, we need to go to
 254      * windowed mode and release the display before we terminate.
 255      * We do it here (instead of applicationWillTerminate) so we
 256      * release the displays and can then see the alerts below.
 257      */
 258     if ([fPictureController previewFullScreenMode] == YES)
 259     {
 260         [fPictureController previewGoWindowed:nil];
 261     }
 262
 263     hb_state_t s;
 264     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 265
 266     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 267     {
 268         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 269                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 270                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 271                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 272
 273         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 274         {
 275             return NSTerminateNow;
 276         }
 277         else
 278             return NSTerminateCancel;
 279     }
 280
 281     // Warn if items still in the queue
 282     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 283     {
 284         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 285                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 286                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 287                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 288
 289         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 290             return NSTerminateNow;
 291         else
 292             return NSTerminateCancel;
 293     }
 294
 295     return NSTerminateNow;
 296 }
 297
 298 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 299 {
 300
 301     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 302     [outputPanel release];
 303         [fQueueController release];
 304     [fPreviewController release];
 305     [fPictureController release];
 306
 307         hb_close(&fHandle);
 308     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 309 }
 310
 311
 312 - (void) awakeFromNib
 313 {
 314     [fWindow center];
 315     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
 316     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 317
 318     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 319     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 320     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 321     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 322
 323     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 324      evaluate successive scans */
 325         currentScanCount = 0;
 326
 327
 328     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 329         [self loadPresets];
 330
 331     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 332     [self loadQueueFile];
 333
 334     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 335
 336     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 337      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 338      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 339      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 340      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 341      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 342      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 343      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 344      * should require their own thread.
 345      */
 346
 347     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 348     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 349
 350
 351
 352         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 353      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 354         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 355         {
 356         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 357         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 358                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 359         if( drawerSize.width )
 360             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 361                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 362         }
 363
 364     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 365     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 366     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 367
 368     /* Destination box*/
 369     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 370     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 371     // MP4 file
 372     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 373     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 374         // MKV file
 375     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 376     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 377
 378     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 379
 380     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 381
 382         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 383         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 384         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 385         {
 386                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 387         }
 388
 389
 390
 391
 392     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 393                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 394
 395     /* Video encoder */
 396     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 397     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 398     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"XviD"];
 399
 400
 401
 402     /* Video quality */
 403     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 404         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 405
 406     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 407     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 408
 409     /* Video framerate */
 410     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 411         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 412     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 413     {
 414         if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 415                 {
 416                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 417                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 418                 }
 419                 else if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 420                 {
 421                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 422                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 423                 }
 424                 else if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 425                 {
 426                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 427                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 428                 }
 429                 else
 430                 {
 431                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 432              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 433                 }
 434     }
 435     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 436
 437         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 438     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 439
 440         /* Audio bitrate */
 441     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 442     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 443     {
 444         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 445          [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 446
 447     }
 448     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 449
 450     /* Audio samplerate */
 451     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 452     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 453     {
 454         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 455          [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 456     }
 457     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 458
 459     /* Bottom */
 460     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 461
 462     [self enableUI: NO];
 463         [self setupToolbar];
 464
 465         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 466         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 467         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 468
 469
 470         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 471         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 472         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 473         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 474
 475
 476 }
 477
 478 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 479 {
 480     NSControl * controls[] =
 481     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 482         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 483         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 484         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 485         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 486         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 487         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 488         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 489         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 490         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 491         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 492         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 493         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 494         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 495         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 496         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 497                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 498     fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel};
 499
 500     for( unsigned i = 0;
 501         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 502     {
 503         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 504         {
 505             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 506             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 507             {
 508                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 509                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 510                 continue;
 511             }
 512         }
 513         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 514
 515     }
 516
 517         if (b) {
 518
 519         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 520         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 521         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 522         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 523         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 524
 525         } else {
 526
 527                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 528
 529         }
 530
 531     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 532     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 533 }
 534
 535
 536 /***********************************************************************
 537  * UpdateDockIcon
 538  ***********************************************************************
 539  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 540  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 541  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 542  * icon.
 543  **********************************************************************/
 544 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 545 {
 546     NSImage * icon;
 547     NSData * tiff;
 548     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 549     uint32_t * pen;
 550     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 551     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 552     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 553     int row_start, row_end;
 554     int i, j;
 555
 556     /* Get application original icon */
 557     icon = [NSImage imageNamed: @"NSApplicationIcon"];
 558
 559     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 560     {
 561         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 562         return;
 563     }
 564
 565     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 566     tiff = [icon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 567             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 568     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 569
 570     /* Draw the progression bar */
 571     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 572
 573     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 574     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 575
 576     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 577     {
 578         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 579         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 580         {
 581             pen[j] = black;
 582         }
 583     }
 584     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 585     {
 586         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 587         pen[0] = black;
 588         pen[1] = black;
 589         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 590         {
 591             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 592             {
 593                 pen[j] = red;
 594             }
 595             else
 596             {
 597                 pen[j] = white;
 598             }
 599         }
 600         pen[j]   = black;
 601         pen[j+1] = black;
 602     }
 603     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 604     {
 605         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 606         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 607         {
 608             pen[j] = black;
 609         }
 610     }
 611
 612     /* Now update the dock icon */
 613     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 614             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 615     icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 616     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 617     [icon release];
 618 }
 619
 620 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 621 {
 622
 623     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 624
 625     hb_list_t  * list;
 626     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 627     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 628      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 629      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 630         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 631         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 632         {
 633                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 634         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 635         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 636         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 637                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 638         }
 639
 640     hb_state_t s;
 641     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 642
 643     switch( s.state )
 644     {
 645         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 646             break;
 647 #define p s.param.scanning
 648         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 649                 {
 650             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 651                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 652                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 653             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 654             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 655             break;
 656                 }
 657 #undef p
 658
 659 #define p s.param.scandone
 660         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 661         {
 662             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 663             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 664             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 665                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 666             [self showNewScan:nil];
 667             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 668
 669                         break;
 670         }
 671 #undef p
 672
 673 #define p s.param.working
 674         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 675         {
 676
 677             break;
 678         }
 679 #undef p
 680
 681 #define p s.param.muxing
 682         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 683         {
 684
 685             break;
 686         }
 687 #undef p
 688
 689         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 690             break;
 691
 692         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 693         {
 694             break;
 695         }
 696     }
 697
 698
 699     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 700     // hb_list_t  * list;
 701     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 702     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 703      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 704      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 705
 706     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 707         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 708         {
 709                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 710         [self writeToActivityLog:"currentScanCount received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 711         }
 712
 713     //hb_state_t s;
 714     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 715
 716     switch( s.state )
 717     {
 718         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 719             break;
 720 #define p s.param.scanning
 721         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 722                 {
 723             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 724                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 725                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 726
 727             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 728             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 729                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 730                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 731             break;
 732                 }
 733 #undef p
 734
 735 #define p s.param.scandone
 736         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 737         {
 738                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 739             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 740             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 741
 742                         break;
 743         }
 744 #undef p
 745
 746 #define p s.param.working
 747         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 748         {
 749             NSMutableString * string;
 750                         /* Update text field */
 751                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 752
 753                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 754             {
 755                 [string appendFormat:
 756                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 757                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 758             }
 759
 760             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 761             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 762             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 763             /* Update slider */
 764             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 765             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 766             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 767
 768             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 769             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 770             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 771             // HBController.
 772             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 773             {
 774                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 775                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 776                     frame.size.width = 591;
 777                 frame.size.height += 36;
 778                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 779                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 780                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 781
 782             }
 783
 784             /* Update dock icon */
 785             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 786             {
 787                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 788                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 789             }
 790
 791             break;
 792         }
 793 #undef p
 794
 795 #define p s.param.muxing
 796         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 797         {
 798             /* Update text field */
 799             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 800             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 801             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 802             /* Update slider */
 803             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 804             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 805
 806             /* Update dock icon */
 807             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 808
 809                         break;
 810         }
 811 #undef p
 812
 813         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 814                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 815             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 816
 817                         break;
 818
 819         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 820         {
 821             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 822             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 823             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 824
 825             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 826             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 827             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 828             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 829             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 830             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 831             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 832             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 833
 834             /* Restore dock icon */
 835             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 836             dockIconProgress = 0;
 837
 838             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 839             {
 840                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 841                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 842                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 843                 frame.size.height += -36;
 844                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 845                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 846                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 847                         }
 848             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 849              * individual encode log
 850              */
 851                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 852             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 853              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 854                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 855             {
 856                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 857                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 858                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 859
 860                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 861                 /* Growl alert */
 862                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 863                 /* Send to MetaX */
 864                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 865
 866                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 867                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 868
 869                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 870                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 871                  */
 872                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 873                 {
 874                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 875                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 876                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 877                     {
 878                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 879                         int status;
 880                         NSBeep();
 881                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 882                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 883                     }
 884
 885                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 886                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 887                     {
 888                         /* Sleep */
 889                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 890                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 891                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 892                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 893                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 894                         [scriptObject release];
 895                     }
 896                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 897                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 898                     {
 899                         /* Shut Down */
 900                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 901                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 902                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 903                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 904                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 905                         [scriptObject release];
 906                     }
 907
 908                 }
 909
 910
 911             }
 912
 913             break;
 914         }
 915     }
 916
 917 }
 918
 919 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
 920 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
 921 {
 922     va_list args;
 923     va_start(args, format);
 924     if (format != nil)
 925     {
 926         char str[1024];
 927         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
 928
 929         time_t _now = time( NULL );
 930         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
 931         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
 932     }
 933     va_end(args);
 934 }
 935
 936 #pragma mark -
 937 #pragma mark Toolbar
 938 // ============================================================
 939 // NSToolbar Related Methods
 940 // ============================================================
 941
 942 - (void) setupToolbar {
 943     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
 944
 945     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
 946     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
 947     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
 948
 949     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
 950
 951     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
 952 }
 953
 954 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
 955     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
 956     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
 957
 958     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
 959     {
 960         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
 961         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
 962         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
 963         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
 964         [item setTarget: self];
 965         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
 966         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 967     }
 968     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
 969     {
 970         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
 971         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
 972         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
 973         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
 974         [item setTarget: self];
 975         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
 976     }
 977     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
 978     {
 979         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
 980         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
 981         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
 982         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
 983         [item setTarget: self];
 984         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
 985         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 986     }
 987     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
 988     {
 989         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
 990         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
 991         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
 992         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
 993         [item setTarget: self];
 994         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
 995     }
 996     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
 997     {
 998         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
 999         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1000         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1001         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1002         [item setTarget: self];
1003         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1004     }
1005     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1006     {
1007         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1008         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1009         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1010         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1011         [item setTarget: self];
1012         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1013     }
1014     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1015     {
1016         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1017         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1018         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1019         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1020         [item setTarget: self];
1021         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1022         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1023     }
1024     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1025     {
1026         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1027         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1028         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1029         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1030         [item setTarget: self];
1031         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1032     }
1033     else
1034     {
1035         return nil;
1036     }
1037
1038     return item;
1039 }
1040
1041 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1042 {
1043     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1044         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1045                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1046 }
1047
1048 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1049 {
1050     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1051         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1052         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1053         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1054 }
1055
1056 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1057 {
1058     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1059
1060     if (fHandle)
1061     {
1062         hb_state_t s;
1063         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1064
1065         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1066         {
1067             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1068             {
1069                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1070                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1071                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1072                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1073                 return YES;
1074             }
1075             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1076             {
1077                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1078                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1079                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1080                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1081                 return YES;
1082             }
1083             if (SuccessfulScan)
1084             {
1085                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1086                     return YES;
1087                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1088                     return YES;
1089             }
1090         }
1091         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1092         {
1093             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1094             {
1095                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1096                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1097                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1098                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1099                 return YES;
1100             }
1101             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1102                 return YES;
1103             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1104                 return YES;
1105             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1106                 return YES;
1107         }
1108         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1109             return NO;
1110         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1111         {
1112             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1113             {
1114                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1115                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1116                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1117                 else
1118                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1119                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1120                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1121                 return YES;
1122             }
1123             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1124                 return YES;
1125             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1126                 return YES;
1127         }
1128
1129     }
1130     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1131     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1132         return YES;
1133     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1134         return YES;
1135     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1136         return YES;
1137     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1138         return YES;
1139     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1140         return YES;
1141
1142     return NO;
1143 }
1144
1145 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1146 {
1147     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1148
1149     hb_state_t s;
1150     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1151
1152     if (fHandle)
1153     {
1154         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1155             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1156
1157         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1158         {
1159             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1160                 return NO;
1161             else
1162                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1163         }
1164         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1165             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1166         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1167         {
1168             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1169             {
1170                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1171                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1172                 return YES;
1173             }
1174             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1175             {
1176                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1177                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1178                 return YES;
1179             }
1180             else
1181                 return NO;
1182         }
1183         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1184         {
1185             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1186             {
1187                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1188                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1189                 return YES;
1190             }
1191             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1192             {
1193                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1194                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1195                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1196             }
1197             else
1198                 return NO;
1199         }
1200     }
1201     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1202     {
1203         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1204     }
1205
1206     return YES;
1207 }
1208
1209 #pragma mark -
1210 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1211 // register a test notification and make
1212 // it enabled by default
1213 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1214 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1215 {
1216     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1217     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1218     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1219     nil];
1220
1221     return registrationDictionary;
1222 }
1223
1224 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1225 {
1226     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1227     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1228     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1229     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1230     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1231         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1232     {
1233         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1234         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1235          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1236          description:growlMssg
1237          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1238          iconData:nil
1239          priority:0
1240          isSticky:1
1241          clickContext:nil];
1242     }
1243
1244 }
1245 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1246 {
1247     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1248     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1249     {
1250         NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@", @"tell application \"MetaX\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1251         [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1252         [myScript release];
1253     }
1254 }
1255 #pragma mark -
1256 #pragma mark Get New Source
1257
1258 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1259 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1260 {
1261     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1262
1263     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1264     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1265     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1266     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1267     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1268         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1269         {
1270                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1271         }
1272         else
1273         {
1274                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1275                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1276         }
1277     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1278         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1279         */
1280     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1281                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1282                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1283                       contextInfo: sender];
1284 }
1285
1286 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1287                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1288 {
1289     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1290      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1291      */
1292     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1293     /* User selected a file to open */
1294         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1295     {
1296             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1297         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1298
1299         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1300         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1301         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1302         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1303         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1304          * the title selection sheet right away
1305          */
1306         [sheet orderOut: self];
1307
1308         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu)
1309         {
1310             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1311              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1312              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1313              * purposes in the title panel
1314              */
1315             /* Full Path */
1316             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1317             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1318
1319             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1320             {
1321                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1322                  we have to use the title->dvd value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1323                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1324             }
1325             else
1326             {
1327                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1328                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1329             }
1330             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1331             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1332             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1333             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1334             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1335              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1336              */
1337             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1338         }
1339         else
1340         {
1341             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1342             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1343
1344             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1345             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1346             {
1347                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1348                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1349                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1350                 {
1351                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1352                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1353                      .mpg media file */
1354                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1355                     NSString *mpgname;
1356                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1357                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: NO
1358                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1359                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1360                     if (n > 0)
1361                     {
1362                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1363                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1364                         path = mpgname;
1365                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1366                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1367                     }
1368                     else
1369                     {
1370                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1371                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1372                     }
1373                 }
1374                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1375                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1376                 {
1377                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1378                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1379                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1380                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1381                 }
1382                 else
1383                 {
1384                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1385                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1386                 }
1387             }
1388             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1389             {
1390                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1391                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1392                 {
1393                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1394                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1395                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1396                 }
1397                 else
1398                 {
1399                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1400                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1401                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1402                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1403                 }
1404                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1405             }
1406
1407         }
1408
1409     }
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1413 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1414 {
1415     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1416     * user changes it
1417     */
1418     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1419         /* Show the panel */
1420         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1421 }
1422
1423 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1424 {
1425     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1426     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1427
1428     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1429     {
1430         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1431         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1432                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1433         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1434         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1435
1436         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1437             * to be scanned
1438             */
1439         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1440     }
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1444 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1445 {
1446     /* set the bool applyQueueToScan so that we dont apply a queue setting to the final scan */
1447     applyQueueToScan = NO;
1448     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1449     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1450     NSString *path = scanPath;
1451     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1452
1453     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1454     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1455     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1456
1457     [self enableUI: NO];
1458
1459     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1460     {
1461         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1462         // device path instead.
1463         path = [detector devicePath];
1464         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1465
1466 #ifdef __LP64__
1467         /* If we are 64 bit, we cannot read encrypted dvd's as vlc is 32 bit only */
1468         cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1469         [self writeToActivityLog: "64 bit mode cannot read dvd's, scan cancelled"];
1470         /*On Screen Notification*/
1471         int status;
1472         NSBeep();
1473         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"64-bit HandBrake cannot read encrypted dvds!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", nil);
1474         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1475
1476         if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1477         {
1478             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1479             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1480             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1481         }
1482         else
1483         {
1484             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1485             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1486         }
1487
1488 #else
1489         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1490         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1491         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1492             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1493             {
1494             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1495             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1496             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1497             int status;
1498             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1499             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1500
1501             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1502             {
1503                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1504                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
1505             }
1506             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1507             {
1508                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1509                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1510             }
1511             else
1512             {
1513                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1514                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1515                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1516             }
1517
1518         }
1519         else
1520         {
1521             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1522             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1523         }
1524 #endif
1525     }
1526
1527     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1528     {
1529         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1530         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1531          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1532          */
1533         if (!scanTitleNum)
1534         {
1535             scanTitleNum = 0;
1536         }
1537         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1538         {
1539             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1540         }
1541         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1542         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1543         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1544         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1545     }
1546 }
1547
1548 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1549 {
1550     hb_list_t  * list;
1551         hb_title_t * title;
1552         int indxpri=0;    // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1553         int longuestpri=0; // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1554
1555
1556         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1557
1558         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1559         {
1560             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1561             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1562             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1563
1564             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1565             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1566             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1567         }
1568         else
1569         {
1570             /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1571              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1572              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1573              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1574
1575             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1576
1577             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1578
1579             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1580             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1581             {
1582                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1583
1584                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1585                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1586                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1587
1588                 /* Use the dvd name in the default output field here
1589                  May want to add code to remove blank spaces for some dvd names*/
1590                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1591                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1592                 {
1593                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1594                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1595                 }
1596                 else
1597                 {
1598                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1599                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1600                 }
1601
1602
1603                 if (longuestpri < title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds)
1604                 {
1605                     longuestpri=title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds;
1606                     indxpri=i;
1607                 }
1608
1609                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1610                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1611                                                    title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1612                                                    title->seconds]];
1613             }
1614
1615             // Select the longuest title
1616             [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: indxpri];
1617             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1618
1619             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1620             [self enableUI: YES];
1621
1622             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1623             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1624             {
1625                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1626
1627                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1628                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1629                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1630
1631                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1632                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1633                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1634
1635             }
1636
1637
1638         }
1639
1640 }
1641
1642
1643 #pragma mark -
1644 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1645
1646 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1647 {
1648     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1649     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1650         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1651         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1652                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1653                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1654                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1655 }
1656
1657 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1658              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1659 {
1660     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1661     {
1662         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1663         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1664         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1665         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1666     }
1667 }
1668
1669
1670 #pragma mark -
1671 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1672
1673 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1674 {
1675     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1676 }
1677
1678 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1679 {
1680     return YES;
1681 }
1682
1683 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1684 {
1685     if( !flag ) {
1686         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1687
1688         return YES;
1689     }
1690
1691     return NO;
1692 }
1693
1694 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1695         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1696         return contentSize;
1697 }
1698
1699 #pragma mark -
1700 #pragma mark Queue File
1701
1702 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1703         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1704         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1705         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
1706     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
1707         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
1708     /* We check for the presets.plist */
1709         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
1710         {
1711                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
1712         }
1713
1714         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
1715         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
1716     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
1717         {
1718         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
1719                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1720
1721      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
1722      * so we can use it to track which queue
1723      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
1724      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
1725       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
1726       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
1727
1728         }
1729     else
1730     {
1731     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
1732     }
1733     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
1734 }
1735
1736 - (void)addQueueFileItem
1737 {
1738         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
1739         [self saveQueueFileItem];
1740
1741 }
1742
1743 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
1744 {
1745
1746    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
1747    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
1748     {
1749     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
1750      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
1751      */
1752     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
1753     [self writeToActivityLog: "removeQueueFileItem: Removing a cancelled/finished encode, decrement currentQueueEncodeIndex to %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
1754     }
1755     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
1756     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1757
1758 }
1759
1760 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
1761 {
1762     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
1763     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
1764     [self getQueueStats];
1765 }
1766
1767 - (void)getQueueStats
1768 {
1769 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
1770
1771 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
1772 fPendingCount = 0;
1773 fCompletedCount = 0;
1774 fCanceledCount = 0;
1775 fWorkingCount = 0;
1776
1777     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1778      * in controller.mm
1779      * 0 == already encoded
1780      * 1 == is being encoded
1781      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1782      * 3 == cancelled
1783      */
1784
1785         int i = 0;
1786     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1787         id tempObject;
1788         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1789         {
1790                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
1791                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
1792                 {
1793                         fCompletedCount++;
1794                 }
1795                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
1796                 {
1797                         fWorkingCount++;
1798             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
1799                 }
1800         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
1801         {
1802                         fPendingCount++;
1803                 }
1804         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
1805         {
1806                         fCanceledCount++;
1807                 }
1808                 i++;
1809         }
1810
1811     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
1812     NSMutableString * string;
1813     if (fPendingCount == 1)
1814     {
1815         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1816     }
1817     else
1818     {
1819         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1820     }
1821     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
1822 }
1823
1824 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
1825  * currently used right after a queue reload
1826  */
1827 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
1828 {
1829     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1830         id tempObject;
1831     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1832     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1833     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1834     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1835     {
1836         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
1837          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
1838          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
1839          */
1840         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
1841         {
1842             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
1843         }
1844         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1845     }
1846
1847     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
1848     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1849 }
1850
1851
1852 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
1853  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
1854 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
1855 {
1856     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1857         id tempObject;
1858     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1859     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1860     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1861     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1862     {
1863         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
1864          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
1865          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
1866          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
1867          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
1868          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
1869          */
1870         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
1871         {
1872             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1873         }
1874     }
1875
1876     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
1877     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1878 }
1879
1880 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
1881 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
1882 {
1883     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1884         id tempObject;
1885     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1886     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1887     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1888     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1889     {
1890         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1891     }
1892
1893     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
1894     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1895 }
1896
1897 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
1898  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
1899  * be recalled later */
1900 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
1901 {
1902     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
1903
1904        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1905     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
1906             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
1907     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
1908
1909
1910
1911     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1912      * 0 == already encoded
1913      * 1 == is being encoded
1914      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1915      * 3 == cancelled
1916      */
1917     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
1918     /* Source and Destination Information */
1919
1920     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->dvd] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
1921     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
1922     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
1923     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
1924     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
1925
1926     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
1927
1928     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
1929
1930     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
1931     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
1932     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
1933
1934     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
1935     /* Chapter Markers*/
1936     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
1937     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
1938     {
1939         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
1940     }
1941     else
1942     {
1943         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
1944     }
1945
1946     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
1947      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
1948      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
1949      */
1950      int i;
1951      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1952      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
1953      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
1954     {
1955         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
1956         if( chapter != NULL )
1957         {
1958           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
1959         }
1960     }
1961     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
1962     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
1963
1964     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
1965         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
1966     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
1967     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
1968     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
1969     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
1970
1971     /* Codecs */
1972         /* Video encoder */
1973         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
1974         /* x264 Option String */
1975         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
1976
1977         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
1978         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
1979         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
1980         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
1981     /* Framerate */
1982     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
1983
1984         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
1985         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
1986         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
1987         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
1988
1989         /* Picture Sizing */
1990         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
1991         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
1992         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
1993         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
1994         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
1995         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
1996     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
1997     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
1998     {
1999         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2000         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2001
2002         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2003         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2004
2005         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2006         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2007
2008     }
2009     NSString * pictureSummary;
2010     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2011     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2012     /* Set crop settings here */
2013         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2014     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2015     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2016         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2017         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2018
2019     /* Picture Filters */
2020     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2021     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2022
2023     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2024     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2025     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2026
2027     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2028     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2029
2030     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2031     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2032
2033     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2034
2035     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2036
2037     /*Audio*/
2038     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2039     {
2040         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2041         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2042         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2043         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2044         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2045         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2046         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2047     }
2048     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2049     {
2050         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2051         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2052         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2053         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2054         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2055         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2056         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2057     }
2058     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2059     {
2060         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2061         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2062         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2063         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2064         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2065         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2066         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2067     }
2068     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2069     {
2070         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2071         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2072         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2073         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2074         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2075         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2076         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2077     }
2078
2079         /* Subtitles*/
2080         [queueFileJob setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
2081     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"];
2082     /* Forced Subtitles */
2083         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
2084
2085
2086
2087     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2088
2089     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2090
2091     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2092
2093
2094     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2095
2096     /* Codecs */
2097         /* Video encoder */
2098         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2099
2100     /* Framerate */
2101     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2102     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2103     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2104
2105     /* Picture Sizing */
2106         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2107         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2108         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2109         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2110         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2111         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2112
2113     /* Set crop settings here */
2114         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2115     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2116     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2117         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2118         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2119
2120     /* Picture Filters */
2121     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] forKey:@"JobPictureDecomb"];
2122
2123     /*Audio*/
2124     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2125     {
2126         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2127         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2128         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2129         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2130         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2131      }
2132     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2133     {
2134         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2135         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2136         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2137         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2138         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2139     }
2140     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2141     {
2142         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2143         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2144         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2145         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2146         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2147     }
2148     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2149     {
2150         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2151         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2152         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2153         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2154         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2155     }
2156         /* Subtitles*/
2157         [queueFileJob setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
2158     /* Forced Subtitles */
2159         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
2160
2161     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2162     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2163     return queueFileJob;
2164
2165 }
2166
2167 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2168 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2169 {
2170     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2171     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2172
2173
2174     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2175
2176     if (index >= insertIndex)
2177     {
2178         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2179         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2180     }
2181     else
2182     {
2183         removeIndex = index;
2184         insertIndex--;
2185     }
2186
2187     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2188     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2189     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2190     [object release];
2191
2192     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2193
2194    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2195     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2196     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2197
2198 }
2199
2200
2201 #pragma mark -
2202 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2203
2204 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2205 {
2206     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2207     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2208
2209     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2210     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2211         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
2212     //[fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
2213
2214     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2215      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2216      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2217      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2218     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2219     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2220     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2221     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2222     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2223     {
2224     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2225     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2226     }
2227     else
2228     {
2229         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2230     }
2231 }
2232
2233 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2234 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2235 {
2236    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2237     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2238
2239
2240      /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2241     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2242     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2243     * settings as this is a queue rescan
2244     */
2245     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2246     NSString *path = scanPath;
2247     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2248
2249         /*On Screen Notification*/
2250         //int status;
2251         //status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake is now loading up a new queue item...",@"Would You Like to wait until you add another encode?", @"Cancel", @"Okay", nil);
2252         //[NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2253
2254     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2255     {
2256         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2257         // device path instead.
2258         path = [detector devicePath];
2259         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2260
2261         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2262         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2263         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2264             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2265             {
2266             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2267             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2268             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2269             int status;
2270             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2271             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2272
2273             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2274             {
2275                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2276                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2277             }
2278             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2279             {
2280             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2281             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2282             }
2283             else
2284             {
2285             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2286             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2287             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2288             }
2289
2290         }
2291         else
2292         {
2293             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2294             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2295         }
2296     }
2297
2298     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2299     {
2300         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2301         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2302          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2303          */
2304         if (!scanTitleNum)
2305         {
2306             scanTitleNum = 0;
2307         }
2308         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2309         {
2310             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2311         }
2312
2313         [self writeToActivityLog: "performNewQueueScan currentQueueEncodeIndex is: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2314         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2315         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2316         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2317     }
2318 }
2319
2320 /* This method was originally used to load up a new queue item in the gui and
2321  * then start processing it. However we now have modified -prepareJob and use a second
2322  * instance of libhb to do our actual encoding, therefor right now it is not required.
2323  * Nonetheless I want to leave this in here
2324  * because basically its everything we need to be able to actually modify a pending queue
2325  * item in the gui and resave it. At least for now - dynaflash
2326  */
2327
2328 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettings:(id)sender
2329 {
2330     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2331     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2332
2333     /* Set title number and chapters */
2334     /* since the queue only scans a single title, we really don't need to pick a title */
2335     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2336
2337     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2338     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2339
2340     /* File Format */
2341     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2342     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2343
2344     /* Chapter Markers*/
2345     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2346     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2347     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2348     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2349     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2350
2351     /* Video encoder */
2352     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2353     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2354     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2355
2356     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2357     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2358     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2359     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2360     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2361
2362     /* Video quality */
2363     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2364
2365     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2366     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2367     [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2368
2369     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2370
2371     /* Video framerate */
2372     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2373      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2374     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2375     {
2376         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2377     }
2378     else
2379     {
2380         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2381     }
2382
2383     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2384     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2385     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2386     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2387     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2388
2389     /*Audio*/
2390     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
2391     {
2392         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2393         {
2394             [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2395         }
2396         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2397         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2398         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2399         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2400         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2401          * mixdown*/
2402         if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2403         {
2404             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2405         }
2406         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2407         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2408         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2409         {
2410             [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2411         }
2412         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2413         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2414     }
2415     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
2416     {
2417         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2418         {
2419             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2420         }
2421         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2422         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2423         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2424         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2425         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2426          * mixdown*/
2427         if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2428         {
2429             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2430         }
2431         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2432         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2433         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2434         {
2435             [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2436         }
2437         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2438         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2439     }
2440     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
2441     {
2442         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2443         {
2444             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2445         }
2446         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2447         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2448         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2449         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2450         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2451          * mixdown*/
2452         if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2453         {
2454             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2455         }
2456         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2457         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2458         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
2459         {
2460             [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2461         }
2462         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2463         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2464     }
2465     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
2466     {
2467         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2468         {
2469             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2470         }
2471         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2472         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2473         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2474         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2475         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2476          * mixdown*/
2477         if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2478         {
2479             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2480         }
2481         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2482         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2483         if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2484         {
2485             [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2486         }
2487         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2488         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2489     }
2490
2491
2492     /*Subtitles*/
2493     [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
2494     /* Forced Subtitles */
2495     [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
2496
2497     /* Picture Settings */
2498     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2499     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2500     {
2501         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2502         job->width = fTitle->width;
2503         job->height = fTitle->height;
2504     }
2505     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2506     {
2507         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2508         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2509         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2510     }
2511     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2512     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2513     {
2514         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2515         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2516         {
2517             job->height = fTitle->height;
2518             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2519         }
2520     }
2521     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2522
2523
2524     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2525      when the preset was created and apply them */
2526     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2527     {
2528         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2529
2530         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2531         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2532         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2533         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2534         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2535
2536     }
2537     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2538     {
2539         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2540         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2541         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2542         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2543         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2544         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2545
2546     }
2547
2548     /* Filters */
2549     /* Deinterlace */
2550     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2551
2552     /* Detelecine */
2553     [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
2554     /* Denoise */
2555     [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
2556     /* Deblock */
2557     [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
2558     /* Decomb */
2559     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2560     /* Grayscale */
2561     [fPictureController setGrayscale:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue]];
2562
2563     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
2564
2565
2566     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
2567     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2568     //    [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2569     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
2570         {
2571                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2572         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
2573         //[self selectPreset:nil];
2574
2575         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
2576                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2577                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
2578
2579                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2580         }
2581     else
2582     {
2583         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2584                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
2585                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2586                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
2587
2588                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2589     }
2590
2591     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
2592     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
2593
2594     /* so now we go ahead and process the new settings */
2595     [self processNewQueueEncode];
2596 }
2597
2598
2599
2600 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2601 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2602 {
2603     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2604     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2605     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2606
2607     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2608     {
2609         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2610     }
2611
2612     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2613     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2614     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2615     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2616     //[self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode sending to prepareJob"];
2617     [self prepareJob];
2618     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue] == 1 )
2619         job->subtitle_force = 1;
2620     else
2621         job->subtitle_force = 0;
2622
2623     /*
2624      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2625      */
2626     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2627     {
2628         char *x264opts_tmp;
2629
2630         /*
2631          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2632          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2633          */
2634         job->pass = -1;
2635         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2636
2637         job->x264opts = NULL;
2638
2639         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2640
2641         job->select_subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t**)malloc(sizeof(hb_subtitle_t*));
2642         *(job->select_subtitle) = NULL;
2643
2644         /*
2645          * Add the pre-scan job
2646          */
2647         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2648         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2649     }
2650     else
2651         job->select_subtitle = NULL;
2652
2653     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2654     {
2655         hb_subtitle_t **subtitle_tmp = job->select_subtitle;
2656         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2657
2658         /*
2659          * Do not autoselect subtitles on the first pass of a two pass
2660          */
2661         job->select_subtitle = NULL;
2662
2663         job->pass = 1;
2664
2665         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2666
2667         job->pass = 2;
2668
2669         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2670         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2671
2672         job->select_subtitle = subtitle_tmp;
2673
2674         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2675
2676     }
2677     else
2678     {
2679         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2680         job->pass = 0;
2681
2682         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2683     }
2684
2685     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2686         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2687         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2688     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2689     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2690     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2691     [self doRip];
2692 }
2693
2694 #pragma mark -
2695 #pragma mark Live Preview
2696 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
2697  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
2698  * encodes
2699  */
2700 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
2701 {
2702     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2703     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2704             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2705     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2706     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
2707     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
2708     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2709     /* Chapter selection */
2710     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2711     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2712
2713     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
2714     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2715     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2716
2717     job->chapter_markers = 0;
2718
2719         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
2720     {
2721                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
2722          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
2723                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] == 2)
2724                 {
2725                 job->crf = 1;
2726                 }
2727
2728                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
2729                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
2730                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2731                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
2732                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
2733
2734
2735     }
2736
2737     /* Video settings */
2738    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
2739      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
2740      */
2741     job->vfr = 0;
2742     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
2743     {
2744         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
2745         job->vrate      = 27000000;
2746         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
2747         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
2748          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
2749          * a specific framerate*/
2750         job->cfr = 1;
2751     }
2752     else
2753     {
2754         /* We are same as source (variable) */
2755         job->vrate      = title->rate;
2756         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
2757         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
2758          * to enable true same as source framerate */
2759         job->cfr = 0;
2760         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
2761          * job->vfr
2762          */
2763         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2764         {
2765             job->vfr = 1;
2766         }
2767     }
2768
2769     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
2770     {
2771         case 0:
2772             /* Target size.
2773                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
2774                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
2775         case 1:
2776             job->vquality = -1.0;
2777             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
2778             break;
2779         case 2:
2780             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
2781             job->vbitrate = 0;
2782             break;
2783     }
2784
2785     /* Subtitle settings */
2786     switch( [fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 2 )
2787     {
2788     case -2:
2789         /*
2790          * No subtitles selected
2791          */
2792         break;
2793     case -1:
2794         /*
2795          * Subtitle scan selected
2796          */
2797         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2798         break;
2799     default:
2800         /*
2801          * Subtitle selected, add it into the job from the title.
2802          */
2803         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2804         hb_subtitle_t *subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_subtitle, [fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 2 );
2805         hb_list_add( job->list_subtitle, subtitle );
2806         break;
2807     }
2808
2809     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
2810     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
2811     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
2812     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
2813     {
2814         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
2815         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
2816     }
2817     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
2818     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2819     {
2820         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2821         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2822         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2823         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2824         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2825         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2826         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2827         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2828         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2829         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
2830
2831         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2832         free(audio);
2833     }
2834     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2835     {
2836         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2837         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2838         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2839         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2840         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2841         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2842         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2843         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2844         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2845         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
2846
2847         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2848         free(audio);
2849
2850     }
2851
2852     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2853     {
2854         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2855         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2856         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2857         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2858         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2859         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2860         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2861         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2862         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2863         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
2864
2865         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2866         free(audio);
2867
2868     }
2869
2870     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2871     {
2872         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2873         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2874         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2875         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2876         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2877         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2878         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2879         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2880         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2881         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
2882
2883         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2884         free(audio);
2885
2886     }
2887
2888
2889
2890     /* Filters */
2891
2892     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
2893      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
2894      */
2895
2896     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
2897     {
2898         job->grayscale = 1;
2899     }
2900     else
2901     {
2902         job->grayscale = 0;
2903     }
2904
2905     /* Initialize the filters list */
2906     job->filters = hb_list_init();
2907
2908     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
2909     * The order of the filters is critical
2910     */
2911
2912         /* Detelecine */
2913     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2914     {
2915         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
2916     }
2917     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
2918     {
2919         /* use a custom detelecine string */
2920         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
2921         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
2922     }
2923     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
2924     {
2925         /* Decomb */
2926         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
2927         {
2928             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
2929             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
2930             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
2931         }
2932         /* we add the custom string if present */
2933         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
2934         {
2935             /* use a custom decomb string */
2936             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
2937             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
2938         }
2939     }
2940     else
2941     {
2942
2943         /* Deinterlace */
2944         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
2945         {
2946             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
2947             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
2948             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2949         }
2950         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
2951         {
2952             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
2953             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
2954             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2955         }
2956         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
2957         {
2958             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
2959             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
2960             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2961         }
2962         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
2963         {
2964             /* we add the custom string if present */
2965             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
2966             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2967         }
2968         }
2969
2970     /* Denoise */
2971         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // Weak in popup
2972         {
2973                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
2974         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2975         }
2976         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Medium in popup
2977         {
2978                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
2979         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2980         }
2981         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Strong in popup
2982         {
2983                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
2984         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2985         }
2986     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // custom in popup
2987         {
2988                 /* we add the custom string if present */
2989         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
2990         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2991         }
2992
2993     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
2994     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
2995      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
2996      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
2997      */
2998     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
2999     {
3000         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3001         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3002         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3003     }
3004
3005 }
3006
3007
3008 #pragma mark -
3009 #pragma mark Job Handling
3010
3011
3012 - (void) prepareJob
3013 {
3014
3015     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3016     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3017     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3018     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3019     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3020     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3021     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3022     /* Chapter selection */
3023     job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3024     job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3025
3026     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3027     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3028     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3029
3030
3031     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3032     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3033     {
3034         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3035     }
3036     else
3037     {
3038         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3039     }
3040     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3041     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3042     {
3043         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3044     }
3045     else
3046     {
3047         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3048     }
3049
3050
3051     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3052      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3053     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3054     {
3055         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3056
3057         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3058          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3059          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3060          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3061          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3062          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3063          */
3064
3065         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3066         int i = 0;
3067         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3068         id tempObject;
3069         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3070         {
3071             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3072             if( chapter != NULL )
3073             {
3074                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3075                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3076             }
3077             i++;
3078         }
3079     }
3080     else
3081     {
3082         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3083     }
3084
3085     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3086     {
3087                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3088             {
3089             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3090                 }
3091         else
3092         {
3093             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3094         }
3095
3096                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
3097          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
3098                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2)
3099                 {
3100                 job->crf = 1;
3101                 }
3102                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3103                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3104                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3105                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3106                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3107                 {
3108                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3109                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=1:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3110                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3111              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3112                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3113                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3114                 }
3115                 else
3116                 {
3117                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3118                 }
3119
3120     }
3121
3122
3123     /* Picture Size Settings */
3124     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3125     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3126
3127     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3128     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3129     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3130     {
3131         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3132         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3133         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3134
3135         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3136         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3137
3138         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3139         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3140     }
3141
3142     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3143     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3144     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3145     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3146     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3147
3148     /* Video settings */
3149     /* Framerate */
3150
3151     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3152      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3153      */
3154     job->vfr = 0;
3155     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3156     {
3157         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3158         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3159         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3160         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3161          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3162          * a specific framerate*/
3163         job->cfr = 1;
3164     }
3165     else
3166     {
3167         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3168         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3169         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3170         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3171          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3172         job->cfr = 0;
3173         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3174          * job->vfr
3175          */
3176         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3177         {
3178             job->vfr = 1;
3179         }
3180     }
3181
3182     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3183     {
3184         /* Target size.
3185          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3186          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3187         job->vquality = -1.0;
3188         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3189     }
3190     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3191     {
3192         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3193         job->vbitrate = 0;
3194
3195     }
3196
3197     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3198     /* Subtitle settings */
3199
3200     switch( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"] intValue] - 2 )
3201     {
3202     case -2:
3203         /*
3204          * No subtitles selected
3205          */
3206         break;
3207     case -1:
3208         /*
3209          * Subtitle scan selected
3210          */
3211         job->indepth_scan = 1;
3212         break;
3213     default:
3214         /*
3215          * Subtitle selected, add it into the job from the title.
3216          */
3217         job->indepth_scan = 0;
3218         hb_subtitle_t *subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_subtitle,
3219                                                                   [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"] intValue] - 2 );
3220         hb_list_add( job->list_subtitle, subtitle );
3221         break;
3222     }
3223
3224     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3225     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3226     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3227     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3228     {
3229         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3230         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3231     }
3232     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3233     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3234     {
3235         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3236         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3237         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3238         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3239         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3240         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3241         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3242         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3243         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3244         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3245
3246         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3247         free(audio);
3248     }
3249     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3250     {
3251
3252         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3253         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3254         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3255         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3256         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3257         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3258         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3259         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3260         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3261         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3262         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3263
3264         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3265         free(audio);
3266     }
3267
3268     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3269     {
3270         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3271         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3272         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3273         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3274         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3275         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3276         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3277         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3278         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3279         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3280
3281         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3282         free(audio);
3283     }
3284
3285     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3286     {
3287         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3288         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3289         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3290         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3291         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3292         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3293         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3294         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3295         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3296         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3297
3298         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3299         free(audio);
3300     }
3301
3302     /* Filters */
3303     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3304
3305     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3306      * The order of the filters is critical
3307      */
3308     /* Detelecine */
3309     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3310     {
3311         //if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"])
3312         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3313     }
3314     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3315     {
3316         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3317         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3318         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3319     }
3320
3321     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3322     {
3323         /* Decomb */
3324         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3325         {
3326             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3327             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3328         }
3329         /* we add the custom string if present */
3330         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
3331         {
3332             /* use a custom decomb string */
3333             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
3334             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3335         }
3336
3337     }
3338     else
3339     {
3340
3341         /* Deinterlace */
3342         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3343         {
3344             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3345             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3346             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3347         }
3348         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
3349         {
3350             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3351             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3352             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3353         }
3354         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
3355         {
3356             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3357             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3358             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3359         }
3360         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
3361         {
3362             /* we add the custom string if present */
3363             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
3364             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3365         }
3366
3367
3368     }
3369     /* Denoise */
3370         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Weak in popup
3371         {
3372                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3373         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3374         }
3375         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Medium in popup
3376         {
3377                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3378         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3379         }
3380         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Strong in popup
3381         {
3382                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3383         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3384         }
3385     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Custom in popup
3386         {
3387                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3388         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
3389         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3390         }
3391
3392     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3393     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3394      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3395      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3396      */
3397     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
3398     {
3399         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
3400         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3401     }
3402 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
3403 }
3404
3405
3406
3407 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
3408 */
3409 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
3410 {
3411         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
3412         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3413         /* We check for a valid destination here */
3414         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3415         {
3416                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3417         return;
3418         }
3419
3420     BOOL fileExists;
3421     fileExists = NO;
3422
3423     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
3424     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
3425
3426     /* We check for and existing file here */
3427     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3428     {
3429         fileExists = YES;
3430     }
3431
3432     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
3433     int i = 0;
3434     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
3435         id tempObject;
3436         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3437         {
3438                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
3439                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3440                 {
3441                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
3442                 }
3443         i++;
3444         }
3445
3446
3447         if(fileExists == YES)
3448     {
3449         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
3450                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3451                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3452                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3453                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3454                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3455     }
3456     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
3457     {
3458     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
3459                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3460                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3461                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3462                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3463                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3464     }
3465     else
3466     {
3467         [self doAddToQueue];
3468     }
3469 }
3470
3471 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
3472    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3473 */
3474 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3475     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3476 {
3477     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3478         [self doAddToQueue];
3479 }
3480
3481 - (void) doAddToQueue
3482 {
3483     [self addQueueFileItem ];
3484 }
3485
3486
3487
3488 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
3489 */
3490 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
3491 {
3492     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
3493     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
3494     hb_state_t s;
3495     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3496
3497     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
3498         {
3499         [self Cancel: sender];
3500         return;
3501     }
3502
3503     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
3504                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
3505                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
3506
3507     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
3508     if (fPendingCount > 0)
3509     {
3510         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
3511         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3512
3513         return;
3514     }
3515
3516     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
3517
3518     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3519     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3520     {
3521         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3522         return;
3523     }
3524
3525     /* We check for duplicate name here */
3526     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
3527     {
3528         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
3529                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3530                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3531                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3532                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3533                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3534
3535         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
3536     }
3537     else
3538     {
3539         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3540          otherwise, just rip the queue */
3541         if(fPendingCount == 0)
3542         {
3543             [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: No pending jobs, so sending this one to doAddToQueue"];
3544             [self doAddToQueue];
3545         }
3546
3547         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
3548         [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Going right to performNewQueueScan"];
3549         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3550
3551     }
3552 }
3553
3554 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
3555    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3556 */
3557 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3558     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3559 {
3560     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3561     {
3562         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3563         otherwise, just rip the queue */
3564         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
3565         {
3566             [self doAddToQueue];
3567         }
3568
3569         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3570         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
3571         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3572
3573     }
3574 }
3575
3576 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
3577 {
3578        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
3579        {
3580                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
3581                int reminduser;
3582                NSBeep();
3583                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3584                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3585                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3586                {
3587                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3588                }
3589        }
3590        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
3591        {
3592                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
3593                int reminduser;
3594                NSBeep();
3595                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3596                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3597                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3598                {
3599                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3600                }
3601        }
3602
3603 }
3604
3605
3606 - (void) doRip
3607 {
3608     /* Let libhb do the job */
3609     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3610     /*set the fEncodeState State */
3611         fEncodeState = 1;
3612 }
3613
3614
3615 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3616 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
3617 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
3618 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
3619 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3620 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
3621 {
3622     if (!fQueueController) return;
3623
3624   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3625     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
3626
3627     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
3628     NSWindow * docWindow;
3629     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
3630         docWindow = [sender window];
3631     else
3632         docWindow = fWindow;
3633
3634     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
3635             alertTitle,
3636             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
3637             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
3638             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
3639             docWindow, self,
3640             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
3641             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
3642
3643     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
3644 }
3645
3646 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
3647 {
3648    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3649      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
3650     {
3651         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
3652     }
3653     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
3654     {
3655     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
3656     }
3657 }
3658
3659 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3660 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
3661 // encodes.
3662 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3663 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
3664 {
3665     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
3666     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
3667     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
3668     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
3669     // remaining jobs.
3670
3671
3672     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3673
3674     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
3675             hb_job_t * job;
3676             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
3677                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
3678
3679     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
3680
3681     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
3682     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
3683     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
3684     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
3685     [self saveQueueFileItem];
3686     // so now lets move to
3687     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
3688     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
3689     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
3690     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
3691     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
3692     {
3693     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3694     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
3695
3696     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3697     }
3698     else
3699     {
3700         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
3701     }
3702
3703 }
3704
3705 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
3706 {
3707     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3708
3709     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
3710             hb_job_t * job;
3711             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
3712                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
3713
3714
3715     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
3716
3717     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
3718     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
3719     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
3720     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
3721     [self saveQueueFileItem];
3722     // so now lets move to
3723     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
3724     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
3725 }
3726 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
3727 {
3728     hb_state_t s;
3729     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3730
3731     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
3732     {
3733         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3734     }
3735     else
3736     {
3737         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3738     }
3739 }
3740
3741 #pragma mark -
3742 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
3743
3744 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
3745 {
3746     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3747     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
3748         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3749
3750     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
3751     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
3752         {
3753                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
3754                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
3755                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
3756             title->index,
3757                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
3758         }
3759
3760     /* Update chapter popups */
3761     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
3762     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
3763     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
3764     {
3765         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
3766             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3767         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
3768             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3769     }
3770
3771     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3772     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
3773         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
3774     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
3775
3776     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
3777     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
3778     {
3779         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
3780         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
3781
3782         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
3783         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
3784         {
3785             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3786         }
3787         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3788     }
3789     else
3790     {
3791         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
3792         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
3793     }
3794
3795     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
3796         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3797         fTitle = title;
3798
3799     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
3800     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
3801
3802         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
3803         in variables for use with some presets later on */
3804         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
3805         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
3806         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
3807         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
3808         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
3809         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
3810
3811         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
3812     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
3813
3814     /* Update subtitle popups */
3815     hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
3816     [fSubPopUp removeAllItems];
3817     [fSubPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"None"];
3818     [fSubPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Autoselect"];
3819     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_subtitle ); i++ )
3820     {
3821         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_subtitle, i );
3822
3823         /* We cannot use NSPopUpButton's addItemWithTitle because
3824            it checks for duplicate entries */
3825         [[fSubPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithCString:
3826             subtitle->lang] action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3827     }
3828     [fSubPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3829
3830         [self subtitleSelectionChanged:nil];
3831
3832     /* Update chapter table */
3833     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
3834     [fChapterTable reloadData];
3835
3836    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3837     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3838     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3839     {
3840         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3841         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3842     }
3843
3844     /* Update audio popups */
3845     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
3846     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
3847     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
3848     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
3849     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
3850         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
3851         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
3852     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3853     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3854     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3855
3856         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
3857         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
3858         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
3859         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
3860     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
3861     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
3862
3863     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3864
3865     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
3866         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
3867
3868    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
3869     [self selectPreset:nil];
3870 }
3871
3872 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
3873 {
3874
3875         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
3876         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
3877         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
3878         {
3879                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
3880     }
3881
3882
3883         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3884     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
3885         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3886
3887     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
3888     int64_t        duration = 0;
3889     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
3890          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
3891     {
3892         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3893         duration += chapter->duration;
3894     }
3895
3896     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
3897     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
3898         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
3899         duration % 60]];
3900
3901     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
3902
3903     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
3904     {
3905     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
3906     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
3907     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
3908     }
3909     else
3910     {
3911     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3912     }
3913 }
3914
3915 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
3916 {
3917     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
3918     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
3919     char * ext = NULL;
3920         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
3921     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3922     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3923     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3924
3925     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
3926     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
3927     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
3928     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3929
3930     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
3931     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
3932     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
3933     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
3934     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3935     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
3936
3937     switch( format )
3938     {
3939         case 0:
3940                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
3941                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
3942                         {
3943                                 ext = "m4v";
3944                         }
3945                         else
3946                         {
3947                                 ext = "mp4";
3948                         }
3949             /* Add additional video encoders here */
3950             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3951             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
3952             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
3953             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3954                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3955                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3956             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3957             break;
3958
3959             case 1:
3960             ext = "mkv";
3961             /* Add additional video encoders here */
3962             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3963             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
3964             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3965             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
3966             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
3967                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3968                         break;
3969
3970
3971     }
3972     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
3973     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
3974     {
3975         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
3976     }
3977     else
3978     {
3979         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3980     }
3981
3982     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
3983     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
3984     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
3985     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
3986
3987     if( format == 0 )
3988         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
3989     else
3990         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
3991
3992     if( SuccessfulScan )
3993     {
3994         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
3995         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
3996         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
3997         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
3998         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
3999
4000         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4001         {
4002
4003             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4004             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4005
4006             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4007             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4008
4009             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4010             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4011             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4012         }
4013     }
4014         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4015 }
4016
4017 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4018 {
4019     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4020         return;
4021
4022     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4023
4024     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4025                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4026                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4027                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4028                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4029     {
4030         extension = @"m4v";
4031     }
4032
4033     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4034         return;
4035     else
4036         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4037                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4038 }
4039
4040 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4041 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4042 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4043 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4044 {
4045         if ([sender stringValue])
4046         {
4047                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4048                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4049                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4050                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4051
4052                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4053         }
4054 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4055 }
4056
4057
4058 #pragma mark -
4059 #pragma mark - Video
4060
4061 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4062 {
4063     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4064     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4065
4066     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4067     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4068     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4069     {
4070         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4071         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4072     }
4073
4074     /* We need to set loose anamorphic as available depending on whether or not the ffmpeg encoder
4075     is being used as it borks up loose anamorphic .
4076     For convenience lets use the titleOfSelected index. Probably should revisit whether or not we want
4077     to use the index itself but this is easier */
4078     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4079     {
4080         if (job->anamorphic.mode == 2)
4081         {
4082             job->anamorphic.mode = 0;
4083         }
4084         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:NO];
4085         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4086          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4087          anything other than MP4.
4088          */
4089         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4090         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4091     }
4092     else
4093     {
4094         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:YES];
4095         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4096     }
4097     [self setupQualitySlider];
4098         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4099         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4100 }
4101
4102
4103 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4104 {
4105         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4106         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4107     {
4108                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4109                 {
4110                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4111                 }
4112                 else
4113                 {
4114                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4115                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4116                 }
4117                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4118                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4119                 {
4120                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4121                 }
4122         }
4123         else
4124         {
4125                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4126                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4127         }
4128
4129         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4130         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4131 }
4132
4133 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4134 {
4135     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4136     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4137
4138     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4139         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4140 }
4141 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4142 {
4143     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4144
4145     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4146     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4147     {
4148         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4149         {
4150             case 0:
4151                 target = true;
4152                 break;
4153             case 1:
4154                 bitrate = true;
4155                 break;
4156             case 2:
4157                 quality = true;
4158                 break;
4159         }
4160     }
4161     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4162     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4163     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4164     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4165     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4166     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4167         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4168     if( quality )
4169     {
4170         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4171                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4172                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4173     }
4174
4175     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4176     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4177         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4178 }
4179
4180 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4181  * the video encoder selected.
4182  */
4183 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4184 {
4185     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4186      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4187     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4188     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4189     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4190     /* x264 0-51 */
4191     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4192     {
4193         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4194         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4195         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4196         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4197         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4198         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0)
4199         {
4200             qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4201         }
4202     }
4203     /* ffmpeg and xvid 1-31 */
4204     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG || [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_XVID)
4205     {
4206         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4207         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4208         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4209     }
4210     /* Theora 0-63 */
4211     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4212     {
4213         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4214         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4215         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4216     }
4217     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4218
4219     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4220     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4221     {
4222         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4223         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4224         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4225     }
4226
4227     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4228 }
4229
4230 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4231 {
4232     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4233      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4234      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4235      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4236      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4237      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4238      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4239      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4240      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4241      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4242      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4243      */
4244
4245     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4246     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4247     float sliderRfToPercent;
4248     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4249     {
4250         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
4251         sliderRfToPercent = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4252     }
4253     else
4254     {
4255         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
4256         sliderRfToPercent = ( ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])  - ([fVidQualityRFField floatValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])) / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4257     }
4258     [fVidConstantCell setTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4259                                  NSLocalizedString( @"Constant quality: %.2f %%", @"" ), 100 * sliderRfToPercent]];
4260
4261     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4262 }
4263
4264 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
4265 {
4266     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4267 }
4268
4269 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
4270 {
4271     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
4272     {
4273         return;
4274     }
4275
4276     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4277     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
4278             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4279     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4280     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4281     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
4282      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
4283      * as well as all of the audio track info.
4284      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
4285      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
4286      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
4287      * needed
4288      */
4289     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4290     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4291     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4292
4293     /* Audio goes here */
4294     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4295     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4296     {
4297         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4298         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4299     }
4300     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
4301     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4302     {
4303         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4304         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4305         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4306         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4307         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4308         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4309         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4310         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4311         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4312         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
4313
4314         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4315         free(audio);
4316     }
4317     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4318     {
4319         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4320         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4321         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4322         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4323         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4324         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4325         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4326         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4327         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4328         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
4329
4330         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4331         free(audio);
4332
4333     }
4334
4335     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4336     {
4337         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4338         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4339         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4340         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4341         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4342         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4343         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4344         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4345         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4346         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
4347
4348         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4349         free(audio);
4350
4351     }
4352
4353     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4354     {
4355         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4356         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4357         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4358         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4359         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4360         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4361         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4362         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4363         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4364         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
4365
4366         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4367         free(audio);
4368
4369     }
4370
4371 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
4372 }
4373
4374 #pragma mark -
4375 #pragma mark - Picture
4376
4377 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
4378    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
4379    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
4380    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
4381 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
4382 {
4383         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4384         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
4385     job->width = fTitle->width;
4386     job->height = fTitle->height;
4387
4388     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4389     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4390     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4391 }
4392
4393 /**
4394  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
4395  */
4396
4397 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
4398 {
4399         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
4403 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
4404 {
4405         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
4406         {
4407         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
4408         }
4409
4410     [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
4411
4412     NSString *picCropping;
4413     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
4414         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
4415         {
4416         picCropping =  @"Custom";
4417         }
4418         else
4419         {
4420                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
4421         }
4422     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
4423
4424     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
4425
4426     NSString *videoFilters;
4427     videoFilters = @"";
4428     /* Detelecine */
4429     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
4430     {
4431         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
4432     }
4433     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
4434     {
4435         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
4436     }
4437
4438
4439     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
4440     {
4441         /* Decomb */
4442         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
4443         {
4444             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
4445         }
4446         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
4447         {
4448             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
4449         }
4450     }
4451     else
4452     {
4453         /* Deinterlace */
4454         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
4455         {
4456             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
4457         }
4458         else
4459         {
4460             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
4461         }
4462
4463         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
4464         {
4465             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
4466         }
4467         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
4468         {
4469             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
4470         }
4471         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
4472         {
4473             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
4474         }
4475         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
4476         {
4477             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
4478         }
4479         }
4480
4481
4482     /* Denoise */
4483         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
4484         {
4485                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
4486     }
4487         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
4488         {
4489                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
4490     }
4491         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
4492         {
4493                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
4494         }
4495     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
4496         {
4497                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
4498         }
4499
4500     /* Deblock */
4501     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
4502     {
4503         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
4504     }
4505
4506     /* Grayscale */
4507     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
4508     {
4509         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
4510     }
4511     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
4512
4513     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
4514 }
4515
4516
4517 #pragma mark -
4518 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
4519 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4520 {
4521
4522     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4523     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4524     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4525     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4526     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4527     {
4528         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4529         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4530         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4531         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4532     }
4533     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4534     {
4535         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4536         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4537         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4538         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4539     }
4540     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4541     {
4542         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4543         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4544         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4545         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4546     }
4547     else
4548     {
4549         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4550         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4551         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4552         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4553     }
4554
4555     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4556         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4557     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
4558
4559 }
4560
4561 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
4562 {
4563     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
4564      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
4565      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
4566      */
4567
4568     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
4569      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
4570      */
4571     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4572     {
4573         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4574         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4575     }
4576     else
4577     {
4578         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4579     }
4580
4581     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4582     {
4583         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4584         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4585     }
4586     else
4587     {
4588         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4589     }
4590     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4591     {
4592         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4593         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4594     }
4595     else
4596     {
4597         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4598     }
4599     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
4600     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4601     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4602     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4603     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4604     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4605     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4606     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4607     {
4608         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4609         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4610         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4611         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4612         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4613         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
4614     }
4615     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4616     {
4617         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4618         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4619         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4620         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4621     }
4622
4623     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
4624     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4625     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4626     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4627     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4628     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4629     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4630     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4631     {
4632         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4633         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4634         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4635         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4636         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4637         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
4638     }
4639     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4640     {
4641         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4642         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4643         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4644         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4645     }
4646
4647     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
4648     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4649     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4650     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4651     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4652     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4653     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4654     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4655     {
4656         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4657         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4658         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4659         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4660         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4661         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
4662     }
4663     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4664     {
4665         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4666         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4667         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4668         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4669     }
4670
4671     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
4672     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4673     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4674     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4675     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4676     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4677     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4678     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4679     {
4680         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4681         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4682         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4683         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4684         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4685         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
4686     }
4687     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4688     {
4689         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4690         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4691         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4692         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4693     }
4694
4695 }
4696
4697 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
4698 {
4699
4700     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4701     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4702         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4703
4704         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4705
4706     [sender removeAllItems];
4707     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
4708     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
4709     {
4710         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
4711         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
4712             [NSString stringWithCString: audio->lang.description]
4713             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4714     }
4715     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4716
4717 }
4718
4719 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
4720 {
4721
4722     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
4723     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
4724     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
4725     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
4726
4727         if (searchPrefixString)
4728         {
4729
4730         for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
4731         {
4732             /* Try to find the desired search string */
4733             if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
4734             {
4735                 [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
4736                 return;
4737             }
4738         }
4739         /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
4740         /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
4741         /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
4742         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
4743         }
4744     else
4745     {
4746         /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
4747         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
4748     }
4749
4750 }
4751 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
4752 {
4753     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4754
4755     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
4756     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4757     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4758     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4759     {
4760         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4761         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4762     }
4763     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4764     {
4765         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4766         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4767     }
4768     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4769     {
4770         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4771         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4772     }
4773     else
4774     {
4775         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4776         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4777     }
4778
4779     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4780     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
4781     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4782     {
4783         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
4784         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4785         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
4786         switch( format )
4787         {
4788             case 0:
4789                 /* MP4 */
4790                 // AAC
4791                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4792                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
4793
4794                 // AC3 Passthru
4795                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4796                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4797                 break;
4798
4799             case 1:
4800                 /* MKV */
4801                 // AAC
4802                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4803                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
4804                 // AC3 Passthru
4805                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4806                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4807                 // MP3
4808                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4809                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4810                 // Vorbis
4811                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4812                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
4813                 break;
4814
4815             case 2:
4816                 /* AVI */
4817                 // MP3
4818                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4819                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4820                 // AC3 Passthru
4821                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4822                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4823                 break;
4824
4825             case 3:
4826                 /* OGM */
4827                 // Vorbis
4828                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4829                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
4830                 // MP3
4831                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4832                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4833                 break;
4834         }
4835         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4836     }
4837     else
4838     {
4839         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
4840     }
4841 }
4842
4843 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4844 {
4845     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
4846     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
4847 }
4848
4849 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
4850 {
4851
4852     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
4853     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
4854     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
4855     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
4856     */
4857     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4858     {
4859         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4860     }
4861     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4862     {
4863         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4864     }
4865     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4866     {
4867         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4868     }
4869     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4870     {
4871         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4872     }
4873
4874     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
4875     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
4876     {
4877         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
4878     }
4879     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
4880     {
4881         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
4882     }
4883     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
4884     {
4885         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
4886     }
4887     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
4888     {
4889         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
4890     }
4891
4892     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
4893     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
4894     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4895     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4896     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4897     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
4898     {
4899         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
4900         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4901         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4902         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4903     }
4904     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
4905     {
4906         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
4907         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4908         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4909         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4910     }
4911     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
4912     {
4913         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
4914         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4915         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4916         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4917     }
4918     else
4919     {
4920         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
4921         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4922         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4923         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4924     }
4925
4926     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
4927     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4928
4929     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
4930     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4931
4932     int acodec;
4933     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
4934     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
4935
4936     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
4937     {
4938
4939         /* get the audio */
4940         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
4941
4942         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
4943         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
4944         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
4945
4946         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4947
4948         if (audio != NULL)
4949         {
4950
4951             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
4952             /* we also check for an input codec of AC3 or DCA,
4953              as they are the only libraries able to do the mixdown to mono / conversion to 6-ch */
4954             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
4955              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
4956             int audioCodecsSupportMono =
4957                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
4958                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
4959             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch =
4960                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
4961                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
4962
4963             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
4964             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4965             {
4966
4967             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4968                  [NSString stringWithCString: "AC3 Passthru"]
4969                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4970              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4971             }
4972             else
4973             {
4974
4975                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
4976                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
4977                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
4978
4979                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
4980                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
4981                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
4982
4983                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
4984                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
4985
4986                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
4987                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
4988                 {
4989                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4990                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
4991                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4992                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
4993                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
4994                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
4995                 }
4996
4997                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
4998                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
4999                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5000                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5001                 {
5002                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5003                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5004                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5005                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5006                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5007                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5008                 }
5009
5010                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5011                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5012                 {
5013                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5014                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5015                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5016                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5017                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5018                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5019                 }
5020
5021                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5022                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5023                 {
5024                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5025                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5026                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5027                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5028                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5029                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5030                 }
5031
5032                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5033                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5034                 {
5035                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5036                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5037                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5038                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5039                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5040                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5041                 }
5042
5043                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5044                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5045                 {
5046                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5047                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5048                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5049                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5050                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5051                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5052                 }
5053
5054                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5055
5056                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5057                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5058                 int useMixdown;
5059
5060                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5061                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5062                 {
5063                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5064                 }
5065                 else
5066                 {
5067                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5068                 }
5069
5070                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5071                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5072                 {
5073                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5074                 }
5075
5076                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5077                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5078                 {
5079                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5080                 }
5081
5082                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5083                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5084
5085             }
5086             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5087              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5088              * other containers.
5089              */
5090             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5091             {
5092                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5093                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5094                 {
5095                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5096                 }
5097                 else
5098                 {
5099                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5100                 }
5101             }
5102             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5103             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5104         }
5105
5106     }
5107     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5108     {
5109         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5110     }
5111 }
5112
5113 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5114 {
5115
5116     int acodec;
5117     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5118     * we will need later
5119     */
5120     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5121     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5122     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5123     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5124     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5125     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5126     NSTextField * drcField;
5127     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5128     {
5129         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5130         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5131         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5132         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5133         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5134         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5135         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5136     }
5137     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5138     {
5139         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5140         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5141         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5142         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5143         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5144         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5145         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5146     }
5147     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5148     {
5149         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5150         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5151         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5152         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5153         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5154         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5155         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5156     }
5157     else
5158     {
5159         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5160         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5161         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5162         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5163         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5164         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5165         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5166     }
5167     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5168     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5169     int minbitrate;
5170     int maxbitrate;
5171
5172     switch( acodec )
5173     {
5174         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5175             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5176             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5177             {
5178                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps, even for 6ch */
5179                 minbitrate = 32;
5180                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5181                 maxbitrate = 384;
5182                 break;
5183             }
5184             else
5185             {
5186                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5187                 minbitrate = 32;
5188                 /* FAAC won't honour anything more than 160 for stereo, so let's not offer it */
5189                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5190                 maxbitrate = 160;
5191                 break;
5192             }
5193
5194             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5195             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5196             minbitrate = 32;
5197             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5198             maxbitrate = 320;
5199             break;
5200
5201             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5202             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5203             {
5204                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5205                 minbitrate = 192;
5206                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5207                 maxbitrate = 384;
5208                 break;
5209             }
5210             else
5211             {
5212                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
5213                 minbitrate = 48;
5214                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
5215                 maxbitrate = 384;
5216                 break;
5217             }
5218
5219             default:
5220             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
5221             minbitrate = 32;
5222             maxbitrate = 384;
5223
5224     }
5225
5226     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5227     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5228     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
5229     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5230     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
5231     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
5232     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
5233
5234     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5235     {
5236         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5237
5238         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
5239         {
5240             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
5241             {
5242                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
5243                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5244                                         [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
5245                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5246                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
5247                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
5248             }
5249         }
5250
5251         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
5252         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5253         {
5254             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
5255         }
5256         else
5257         {
5258             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
5259         }
5260     }
5261     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
5262     /* Audio samplerate */
5263     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
5264     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
5265     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5266     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
5267
5268     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
5269     {
5270         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5271                                 [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
5272                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5273         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
5274     }
5275     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
5276     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
5277     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
5278     */
5279     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
5280
5281
5282     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru uses the input ac3 bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
5283     * bitrate and dispay it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
5284     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
5285     */
5286     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5287     {
5288
5289         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
5290         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5291         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5292                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
5293                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5294         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
5295         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
5296         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5297         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5298
5299         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5300         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
5301         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5302         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
5303     }
5304     else
5305     {
5306         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5307         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5308         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
5309         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
5310     }
5311 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5312 }
5313
5314 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
5315 {
5316     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5317     NSTextField * drcField;
5318     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
5319     {
5320         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5321         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5322     }
5323     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
5324     {
5325         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5326         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5327     }
5328     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
5329     {
5330         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5331         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5332     }
5333     else
5334     {
5335         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5336         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5337     }
5338
5339     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
5340     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
5341     {
5342         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
5343     }
5344
5345
5346     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
5347     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
5348     * compared to presets
5349     */
5350     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
5351 }
5352
5353 - (IBAction) subtitleSelectionChanged: (id) sender
5354 {
5355         if ([fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5356         {
5357         [fSubForcedCheck setState: NSOffState];
5358         [fSubForcedCheck setEnabled: NO];
5359         }
5360         else
5361         {
5362         [fSubForcedCheck setEnabled: YES];
5363         }
5364
5365 }
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370 #pragma mark -
5371 #pragma mark Open New Windows
5372
5373 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
5374 {
5375     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5376         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
5377 }
5378
5379 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
5380 {
5381     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5382         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
5383 }
5384 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
5385 {
5386     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5387         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
5388 }
5389
5390 /**
5391  * Shows debug output window.
5392  */
5393 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
5394 {
5395     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
5396 }
5397
5398 /**
5399  * Shows preferences window.
5400  */
5401 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
5402 {
5403     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
5404     if (![window isVisible])
5405         [window center];
5406
5407     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
5408 }
5409
5410 /**
5411  * Shows queue window.
5412  */
5413 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
5414 {
5415     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
5416 }
5417
5418
5419 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
5420     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
5421 }
5422
5423 /**
5424  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
5425  */
5426
5427 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
5428 {
5429         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
5430 }
5431
5432 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
5433 {
5434         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
5435 }
5436
5437 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
5438 {
5439         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
5440 }
5441
5442 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
5443 {
5444         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
5445 }
5446
5447 #pragma mark -
5448 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
5449 #pragma mark - Required
5450 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
5451
5452
5453 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
5454 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
5455 {
5456     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
5457     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
5458     {
5459         return [UserPresets count];
5460     }
5461     else
5462     {
5463         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5464         NSArray *children = nil;
5465         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5466         if ([children count] > 0)
5467         {
5468             return [children count];
5469         }
5470         else
5471         {
5472             return 0;
5473         }
5474     }
5475 }
5476
5477 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
5478 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
5479 {
5480
5481     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5482     NSArray *children = nil;
5483     if (item == nil)
5484     {
5485         children = UserPresets;
5486     }
5487     else
5488     {
5489         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5490         {
5491             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5492         }
5493     }
5494     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
5495     {
5496         return nil;
5497     }
5498     else
5499     {
5500         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
5501     }
5502
5503
5504     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
5505     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
5506     //return nil;
5507 }
5508
5509 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
5510 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
5511 {
5512
5513     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5514     NSArray *children= nil;
5515     if (item == nil)
5516     {
5517         children = UserPresets;
5518     }
5519     else
5520     {
5521         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5522         {
5523             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5524         }
5525     }
5526
5527     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
5528      * we could do it by the children count as so:
5529      * if ([children count] < 1)
5530      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
5531      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
5532      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
5533      */
5534
5535     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
5536    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
5537    {
5538         return YES;
5539     }
5540     else
5541     {
5542         return NO;
5543     }
5544
5545 }
5546
5547 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
5548 {
5549     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
5550     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
5551 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
5552
5553 return YES;
5554 }
5555
5556
5557 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
5558 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
5559 {
5560         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
5561
5562     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5563     {
5564         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
5565     }
5566     else
5567     {
5568         //return @"";
5569         return nil;
5570     }
5571 }
5572
5573 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
5574 {
5575     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
5576 }
5577 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
5578 {
5579     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
5580 }
5581
5582 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
5583 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
5584 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
5585 {
5586     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5587     {
5588         NSFont *txtFont;
5589         NSColor *fontColor;
5590         NSColor *shadowColor;
5591         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5592         /*check to see if its a selected row */
5593         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
5594         {
5595
5596             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
5597             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
5598         }
5599         else
5600         {
5601             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
5602             {
5603                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
5604             }
5605             else // User created preset, use a black font
5606             {
5607                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
5608             }
5609             /* check to see if its a folder */
5610             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
5611             //{
5612             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
5613             //}
5614
5615
5616         }
5617         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
5618         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
5619         {
5620             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5621         }
5622         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
5623         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
5624         {
5625             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5626         }
5627
5628
5629         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
5630         [cell setFont:txtFont];
5631
5632     }
5633 }
5634
5635 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
5636 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
5637 {
5638     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5639     {
5640         id theRecord;
5641
5642         theRecord = item;
5643         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
5644
5645         [self sortPresets];
5646
5647         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
5648         /* We save all of the preset data here */
5649         [self savePreset];
5650     }
5651 }
5652 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
5653 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
5654 {
5655     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5656     //{
5657         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
5658         NSString *loc_tip;
5659         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
5660         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
5661         {
5662             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
5663             return (loc_tip);
5664         }
5665         else
5666         {
5667             loc_tip = @"No description available";
5668         }
5669         return (loc_tip);
5670     //}
5671 }
5672
5673 #pragma mark -
5674 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
5675
5676
5677 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
5678 {
5679         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
5680     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
5681         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
5682     {
5683         return NO;
5684     }
5685     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
5686     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
5687     fDraggedNodes = items;
5688     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
5689     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
5690
5691     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
5692     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
5693
5694     return YES;
5695 }
5696
5697 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
5698 {
5699
5700         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
5701
5702     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
5703     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
5704         return NSDragOperationNone;
5705
5706     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
5707         if (item != nil)
5708         {
5709                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
5710                 item = nil;
5711         }
5712
5713     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
5714     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
5715     {
5716         return NSDragOperationNone;
5717         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
5718         }
5719
5720     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
5721     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
5722 }
5723
5724
5725
5726 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
5727 {
5728     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
5729     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
5730         {
5731     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
5732     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5733     [childrenArray addObject:item];
5734     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5735     [childrenArray autorelease];
5736     }
5737     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
5738     {
5739         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
5740         id obj;
5741         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
5742         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
5743         {
5744             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
5745         }
5746         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
5747         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
5748     }
5749     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
5750     [self savePreset];
5751     return YES;
5752 }
5753
5754 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
5755 {
5756     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
5757     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
5758
5759     NSUInteger removeIndex;
5760
5761     if (index >= insertIndex)
5762     {
5763         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
5764         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
5765     }
5766     else
5767     {
5768         removeIndex = index;
5769         insertIndex--;
5770     }
5771
5772     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
5773     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
5774     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
5775     [object release];
5776
5777     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
5778 }
5779
5780
5781
5782 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
5783
5784 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
5785 {
5786
5787     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
5788     {
5789         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
5790         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
5791
5792         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
5793         {
5794             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
5795         }
5796         else
5797         {
5798             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
5799         }
5800
5801         /* File Format */
5802         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
5803         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
5804
5805         /* Chapter Markers*/
5806         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
5807         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
5808         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
5809
5810         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
5811         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
5812         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
5813         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
5814
5815         /* Video encoder */
5816         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
5817         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
5818         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
5819
5820         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
5821         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
5822         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
5823         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
5824         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5825
5826         /* Video quality */
5827         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
5828
5829         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
5830         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
5831
5832         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
5833          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
5834          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
5835          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
5836          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
5837         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
5838         {
5839             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
5840             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
5841             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
5842
5843         }
5844         else
5845         {
5846             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
5847         }
5848
5849         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
5850
5851         /* Video framerate */
5852         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
5853          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
5854         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
5855         {
5856             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5857         }
5858         else
5859         {
5860             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
5861         }
5862
5863
5864         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
5865         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
5866         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
5867
5868         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
5869         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
5870
5871         /*Audio*/
5872         /* First we check to see if we are using the current audio track layout based on AudioList array */
5873         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"])
5874         {
5875             /* Populate the audio widgets based on the contents of the AudioList array */
5876             int i = 0;
5877             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"] objectEnumerator];
5878             id tempObject;
5879             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
5880             {
5881                 i++;
5882                 if( i == 1 )
5883                 {
5884                     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5885                     {
5886                         [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5887                     }
5888                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
5889                     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
5890                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5891                     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
5892                     /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5893                      * mixdown*/
5894                     if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5895                     {
5896                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5897                     }
5898                     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
5899                     /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5900                     if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5901                     {
5902                         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
5903                     }
5904                     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5905                     [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5906                 }
5907
5908                 if( i == 2 )
5909                 {
5910
5911                     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5912                     {
5913                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5914                     }
5915                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
5916                     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
5917                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5918                     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
5919                     /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5920                      * mixdown*/
5921                     if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5922                     {
5923                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5924                     }
5925                     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
5926                     /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5927                     if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5928                     {
5929                         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
5930                     }
5931                     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5932                     [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5933
5934                 }
5935
5936             }
5937
5938              /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
5939
5940             if (i < 4)
5941             {
5942                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5943                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
5944
5945                 if (i < 3)
5946                 {
5947                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5948                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
5949
5950                     if (i < 2)
5951                     {
5952                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5953                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
5954                     }
5955                 }
5956             }
5957
5958         }
5959         else
5960         {
5961             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
5962             {
5963                 if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5964                 {
5965                     [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5966                 }
5967                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
5968                 [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
5969                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5970                 [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
5971                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5972                  * mixdown*/
5973                 if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5974                 {
5975                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5976                 }
5977                 [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
5978                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5979                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5980                 {
5981                     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
5982                 }
5983                 [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5984                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5985             }
5986             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
5987             {
5988                 if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5989                 {
5990                     [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5991                 }
5992                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
5993                 [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
5994                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5995                 [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
5996                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5997                  * mixdown*/
5998                 if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5999                 {
6000                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6001                 }
6002                 [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
6003                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6004                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6005                 {
6006                     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
6007                 }
6008                 [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6009                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
6010             }
6011             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6012             {
6013                 if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6014                 {
6015                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6016                 }
6017                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6018                 [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
6019                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6020                 [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
6021                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6022                  * mixdown*/
6023                 if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6024                 {
6025                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6026                 }
6027                 [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
6028                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6029                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
6030                 {
6031                     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
6032                 }
6033                 [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6034                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
6035             }
6036             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6037             {
6038                 if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6039                 {
6040                     [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6041                 }
6042                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6043                 [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
6044                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6045                 [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
6046                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6047                  * mixdown*/
6048                 if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6049                 {
6050                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6051                 }
6052                 [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
6053                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6054                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6055                 {
6056                     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
6057                 }
6058                 [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6059                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
6060             }
6061
6062             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6063
6064             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
6065             {
6066                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6067                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6068             }
6069             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6070             {
6071                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6072                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6073             }
6074             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6075             {
6076                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6077                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6078             }
6079         }
6080
6081         /*Subtitles*/
6082         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
6083         /* Forced Subtitles */
6084         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
6085
6086         /* Picture Settings */
6087         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
6088          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
6089          * picture filters are handled separately below.
6090          */
6091         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
6092          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
6093          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
6094          */
6095         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
6096         {
6097             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6098
6099             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
6100              when the preset was created and apply them */
6101             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
6102             {
6103                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
6104
6105                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
6106                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
6107                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
6108                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
6109                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
6110
6111             }
6112             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
6113             {
6114                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
6115                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
6116                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
6117                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
6118                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
6119                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
6120
6121             }
6122
6123
6124             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
6125             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
6126             {
6127                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6128                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6129                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6130                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6131                 {
6132                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6133                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6134                     {
6135                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6136                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6137                     }
6138                 }
6139                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6140             }
6141             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
6142             {
6143                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
6144                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
6145                 {
6146                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
6147                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
6148                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
6149                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6150                 }
6151                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
6152                 {
6153                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
6154                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
6155                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
6156                 }
6157                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6158                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6159                 {
6160                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6161                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6162                     {
6163                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6164                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6165                     }
6166                 }
6167                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6168
6169             }
6170
6171
6172         }
6173         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
6174         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
6175         {
6176             /* Filters */
6177
6178             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
6179              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
6180              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
6181              * sane.
6182              */
6183             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
6184             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
6185             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
6186             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6187             {
6188                 /* we are using decomb */
6189                 /* Decomb */
6190                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6191                 {
6192                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
6193
6194                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
6195                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
6196                     {
6197                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
6198                     }
6199                 }
6200              }
6201             else
6202             {
6203                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
6204                 /* Deinterlace */
6205                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
6206                 {
6207                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
6208                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
6209                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
6210                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
6211                     {
6212                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
6213                     }
6214                 }
6215             }
6216
6217
6218             /* Detelecine */
6219             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
6220             {
6221                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
6222                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
6223                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
6224                 {
6225                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
6226                 }
6227             }
6228             else
6229             {
6230                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
6231             }
6232
6233             /* Denoise */
6234             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
6235             {
6236                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
6237                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
6238                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4)
6239                 {
6240                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
6241                 }
6242             }
6243             else
6244             {
6245                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
6246             }
6247
6248             /* Deblock */
6249             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
6250             {
6251                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
6252                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
6253             }
6254             else
6255             {
6256                 /* use the settings intValue */
6257                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
6258             }
6259
6260             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
6261             {
6262                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
6263             }
6264             else
6265             {
6266                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
6267             }
6268         }
6269         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
6270         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6271         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6272         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
6273     }
6274 }
6275
6276
6277 #pragma mark -
6278 #pragma mark Manage Presets
6279
6280 - (void) loadPresets {
6281         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
6282         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
6283         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
6284     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
6285         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
6286     /* We check for the presets.plist */
6287         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
6288         {
6289                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
6290         }
6291
6292         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
6293         if (nil == UserPresets)
6294         {
6295                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6296                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6297         }
6298         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6299 }
6300
6301
6302 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6303 {
6304     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
6305     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6306
6307     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
6308     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
6309     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
6310     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
6311     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
6312     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6313     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
6314     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
6315     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
6316     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
6317     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
6318         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
6319         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
6320         /* Show the panel */
6321         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
6322 }
6323
6324 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6325 {
6326     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
6327     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
6328 }
6329
6330 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
6331 {
6332     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
6333             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
6334     else
6335     {
6336         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
6337         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
6338         [self addPreset];
6339
6340         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
6341     }
6342 }
6343 - (void)addPreset
6344 {
6345
6346
6347         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6348     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6349    /* We save all of the preset data here */
6350     [self savePreset];
6351 }
6352
6353 - (void)sortPresets
6354 {
6355
6356
6357         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
6358         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
6359                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
6360         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
6361         /*
6362     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
6363                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
6364         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
6365
6366     */
6367     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
6368     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
6369         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
6370         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
6371
6372
6373 }
6374
6375 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
6376 {
6377     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
6378     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
6379     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6380     [self savePreset];
6381 }
6382
6383 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
6384 {
6385     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6386         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
6387     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
6388     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
6389     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
6390         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
6391         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
6392         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
6393         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6394     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
6395     {
6396         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
6397         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6398         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6399         [childrenArray autorelease];
6400     }
6401     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
6402     {
6403         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
6404         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
6405         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
6406         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
6407
6408         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
6409         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6410         /* File Format */
6411         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
6412         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
6413         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
6414         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6415         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
6416         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6417         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
6418         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
6419         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
6420
6421         /* Codecs */
6422         /* Video encoder */
6423         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
6424         /* x264 Option String */
6425         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
6426
6427         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
6428         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
6429         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
6430         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
6431
6432         /* Video framerate */
6433         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
6434         {
6435             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
6436         }
6437         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
6438         {
6439             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
6440         }
6441
6442         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6443         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
6444         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
6445         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
6446         /*Picture Settings*/
6447         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6448         /* Picture Sizing */
6449         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6450         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
6451         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
6452         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
6453         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
6454         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
6455
6456         /* Set crop settings here */
6457         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
6458         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
6459         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
6460         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
6461         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
6462
6463         /* Picture Filters */
6464         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
6465         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
6466         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
6467         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
6468         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
6469         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
6470         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
6471         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
6472         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
6473         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
6474         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
6475
6476         /*Audio*/
6477         NSMutableArray *audioListArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6478         /* we actually call the methods for the nests here */
6479         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6480         {
6481             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack1Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6482             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
6483             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
6484             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
6485             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
6486             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
6487             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
6488             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
6489             [audioTrack1Array autorelease];
6490             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack1Array];
6491         }
6492
6493         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6494         {
6495             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack2Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6496             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
6497             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
6498             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
6499             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
6500             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
6501             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
6502             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
6503             [audioTrack2Array autorelease];
6504             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack2Array];
6505         }
6506
6507         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6508         {
6509             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack3Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6510             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
6511             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
6512             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
6513             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
6514             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
6515             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
6516             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
6517             [audioTrack3Array autorelease];
6518             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack3Array];
6519         }
6520
6521         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6522         {
6523             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack4Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6524             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
6525             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
6526             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
6527             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
6528             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
6529             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
6530             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
6531             [audioTrack4Array autorelease];
6532             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack4Array];
6533         }
6534
6535
6536         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: audioListArray] forKey:@"AudioList"];
6537
6538
6539
6540         /* Subtitles*/
6541         [preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
6542         /* Forced Subtitles */
6543         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
6544     }
6545     [preset autorelease];
6546     return preset;
6547
6548 }
6549
6550 - (void)savePreset
6551 {
6552     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
6553         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
6554         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
6555
6556 }
6557
6558 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
6559 {
6560
6561
6562     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
6563     {
6564         return;
6565     }
6566     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
6567         int status;
6568     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
6569
6570     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
6571     {
6572         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
6573         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6574         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
6575
6576         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
6577         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
6578         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6579         id tempObject;
6580         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
6581         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
6582         {
6583             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
6584         }
6585         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
6586         {
6587             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6588         }
6589
6590         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
6591         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6592
6593         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6594         {
6595             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6596             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
6597             {
6598                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
6599             }
6600         }
6601
6602         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
6603         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6604         [self savePreset];
6605     }
6606 }
6607
6608 #pragma mark -
6609 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
6610
6611 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
6612 {
6613         presetHbDefault = nil;
6614     presetUserDefault = nil;
6615     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
6616     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
6617     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
6618     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
6619
6620     int i = 0;
6621     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
6622     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
6623     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
6624     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6625         id tempObject;
6626         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6627         {
6628                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6629                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6630                 {
6631                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6632                 }
6633                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6634                 {
6635                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6636             userDefaultFound = YES;
6637         }
6638         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
6639         {
6640                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
6641                 }
6642                 i++;
6643
6644         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6645         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6646         {
6647             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
6648             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6649             id tempObject;
6650             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6651             {
6652                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6653                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6654                 {
6655                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6656                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6657                 }
6658                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6659                 {
6660                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6661                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6662                     userDefaultFound = YES;
6663                 }
6664
6665                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6666                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6667                 {
6668                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
6669                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6670                     id tempObject;
6671                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6672                     {
6673                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6674                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6675                         {
6676                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6677                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6678                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
6679                         }
6680                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6681                         {
6682                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6683                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6684                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
6685                             userDefaultFound = YES;
6686                         }
6687
6688                     }
6689                 }
6690             }
6691         }
6692
6693         }
6694     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
6695      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
6696      */
6697     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
6698     {
6699         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
6700         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
6701     }
6702 }
6703
6704 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
6705 {
6706 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6707    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6708    {
6709    return;
6710    }
6711
6712     int i = 0;
6713     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6714         id tempObject;
6715         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
6716     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6717         {
6718                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6719                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6720                 {
6721                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6722                 }
6723
6724                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6725         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6726         {
6727             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6728             id tempObject;
6729             int ii = 0;
6730             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6731             {
6732                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
6733                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6734                 {
6735                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6736                 }
6737                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6738                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6739                 {
6740                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6741                     id tempObject;
6742                     int iii = 0;
6743                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6744                     {
6745                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6746                         {
6747                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6748                         }
6749                         iii++;
6750                     }
6751                 }
6752                 ii++;
6753             }
6754
6755         }
6756         i++;
6757         }
6758
6759
6760     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
6761     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6762     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
6763
6764
6765     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
6766     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6767
6768     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
6769     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
6770     {
6771         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
6772     }
6773     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
6774     {
6775         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6776     }
6777
6778     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
6779     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6780     int iiii = 0;
6781     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6782     {
6783         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6784         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
6785         {
6786             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
6787             {
6788                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
6789             }
6790         }
6791      iiii++;
6792      }
6793
6794
6795     /* We save all of the preset data here */
6796     [self savePreset];
6797     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6798     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6799 }
6800
6801 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
6802 {
6803         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
6804     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
6805         if (presetUserDefault)
6806         {
6807         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
6808     }
6809         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
6810         {
6811         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
6812         }
6813     else
6814     {
6815     return;
6816     }
6817
6818     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
6819     {
6820         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
6821
6822     }
6823     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
6824     {
6825         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
6826
6827     }
6828
6829     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
6830         [self selectPreset:nil];
6831 }
6832
6833
6834 #pragma mark -
6835 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
6836
6837
6838 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
6839 {
6840     //int status;
6841     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6842         id tempObject;
6843
6844         //NSNumber *index;
6845     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6846
6847
6848         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6849         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
6850         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
6851                 {
6852                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
6853                         presets to delete */
6854                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6855                         {
6856                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
6857                         }
6858         }
6859
6860         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
6861         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6862         [self savePreset];
6863
6864 }
6865
6866    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory
6867    presets */
6868 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
6869 {
6870
6871    /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
6872     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
6873     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
6874     * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
6875     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
6876     [self sortPresets];
6877     [self addPreset];
6878
6879 }
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885 @end
6886
6887 /*******************************
6888  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
6889  *******************************/
6890
6891 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
6892 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
6893 {
6894     fIsDragging = YES;
6895
6896     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
6897     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
6898     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
6899     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
6900 }
6901
6902
6903
6904 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
6905 {
6906     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
6907         fIsDragging = NO;
6908 }
6909
6910
6911
6912 - (BOOL) isDragging;
6913 {
6914     return fIsDragging;
6915 }
6916 @end
6917
6918
6919